1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 ** 620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags 621 ** 622 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). 623 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode 624 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the 625 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL 626 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags 627 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct 628 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note 629 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced 630 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. 631 */ 632 struct Pager { 633 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 634 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 635 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 636 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 637 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 638 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 639 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 640 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 641 u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ 642 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 643 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 644 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 645 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 646 647 /************************************************************************** 648 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 649 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 650 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 651 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 652 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 653 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 654 ** "configuration" of the pager. 655 */ 656 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 657 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 658 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 659 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 660 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 661 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 662 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 663 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 664 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 665 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 666 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 667 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 668 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 669 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 670 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 671 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 672 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 673 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 674 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 675 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 676 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 677 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 678 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 679 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 680 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 681 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 682 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 683 684 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 685 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 686 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 687 /* 688 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 689 ***************************************************************************/ 690 691 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 692 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 693 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 694 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 695 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 696 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 697 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 698 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 699 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 700 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 701 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 702 int aStat[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */ 703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 704 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 705 #endif 706 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 707 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 709 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 710 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 711 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 712 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 713 #endif 714 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 715 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 717 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 718 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 719 #endif 720 }; 721 722 /* 723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 726 */ 727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 730 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3 731 732 /* 733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 734 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 735 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 736 */ 737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 741 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 742 #else 743 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 744 #endif 745 746 747 748 /* 749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 750 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 751 ** 752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 753 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 755 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 758 ** journal and ignore it. 759 ** 760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 764 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 768 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 770 */ 771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 772 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 773 }; 774 775 /* 776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 777 ** the following macro. 778 */ 779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 780 781 /* 782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 784 */ 785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 786 787 /* 788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 791 ** out code that would never execute. 792 */ 793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 794 # define MEMDB 0 795 #else 796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 797 #endif 798 799 /* 800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 802 */ 803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 805 #else 806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 807 #endif 808 809 /* 810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 811 */ 812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 813 814 /* 815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 817 ** 818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 819 ** 820 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 821 ** 822 ** instead of 823 ** 824 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 825 */ 826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 827 828 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ 829 /* 830 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file 831 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if: 832 ** 833 ** * the database file is open, 834 ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and 835 ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file. 836 */ 837 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 838 if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0; 839 if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0; 840 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 841 if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0; 842 #endif 843 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 844 if( pPager->pWal ){ 845 u32 iRead = 0; 846 int rc; 847 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 848 return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0); 849 } 850 #endif 851 return 1; 852 } 853 #endif 854 855 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 856 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 857 #else 858 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 859 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 860 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 861 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 862 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 863 #endif 864 865 #ifndef NDEBUG 866 /* 867 ** Usage: 868 ** 869 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 870 ** 871 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 872 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 873 */ 874 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 875 Pager *pPager = p; 876 877 /* State must be valid. */ 878 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 879 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 880 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 881 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 882 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 883 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 884 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 885 ); 886 887 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 888 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 889 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 890 */ 891 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 892 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 893 894 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 895 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 896 */ 897 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 898 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 899 900 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 901 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 902 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 903 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 904 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 905 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 906 ** state. 907 */ 908 if( MEMDB ){ 909 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 910 assert( p->noSync ); 911 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 912 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 913 ); 914 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 915 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 916 } 917 918 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 919 ** on the file. 920 */ 921 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 922 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 923 924 switch( p->eState ){ 925 case PAGER_OPEN: 926 assert( !MEMDB ); 927 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 928 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 929 break; 930 931 case PAGER_READER: 932 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 933 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 934 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 935 break; 936 937 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 938 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 939 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 940 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 941 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 942 } 943 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 944 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 945 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 946 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 947 break; 948 949 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 950 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 951 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 952 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 953 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 954 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 955 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 956 ** to journal_mode=wal. 957 */ 958 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 959 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 961 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 962 ); 963 } 964 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 965 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 966 break; 967 968 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 969 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 970 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 971 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 972 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 973 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 974 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 975 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 976 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 977 ); 978 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 979 break; 980 981 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 982 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 983 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 984 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 985 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 986 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 987 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 988 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 989 ); 990 break; 991 992 case PAGER_ERROR: 993 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 994 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 995 ** back to OPEN state. 996 */ 997 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 998 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 999 break; 1000 } 1001 1002 return 1; 1003 } 1004 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 1005 1006 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1007 /* 1008 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 1009 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 1010 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 1011 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 1012 ** 1013 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 1014 ** 1015 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings 1016 ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does 1017 ** not appear in normal builds. 1018 */ 1019 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 1020 static char zRet[1024]; 1021 1022 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 1023 "Filename: %s\n" 1024 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 1025 "Lock: %s\n" 1026 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 1027 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 1028 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1029 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1030 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1031 , p->zFilename 1032 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1033 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1034 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1035 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1036 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1037 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1038 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1039 , (int)p->errCode 1040 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1041 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1042 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1043 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1044 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1045 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1046 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1047 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1048 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1049 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1050 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1051 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1052 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1053 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1054 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1055 ); 1056 1057 return zRet; 1058 } 1059 #endif 1060 1061 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1062 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1063 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1064 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1065 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1066 #endif 1067 1068 /* 1069 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1070 ** content from the pager. 1071 */ 1072 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1073 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1074 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1075 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1076 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1077 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1078 && pPager->xCodec==0 1079 #endif 1080 ){ 1081 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1082 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1083 }else{ 1084 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1085 } 1086 } 1087 1088 /* 1089 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1090 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1091 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1092 ** 1093 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1094 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1095 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1096 */ 1097 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1098 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1099 PagerSavepoint *p; 1100 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1101 int i; 1102 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1103 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1104 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1105 return 1; 1106 } 1107 } 1108 return 0; 1109 } 1110 1111 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1112 /* 1113 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1114 */ 1115 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1116 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1117 } 1118 #endif 1119 1120 /* 1121 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1122 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1123 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1124 ** 1125 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1126 */ 1127 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1128 unsigned char ac[4]; 1129 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1130 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1131 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1132 } 1133 return rc; 1134 } 1135 1136 /* 1137 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1138 */ 1139 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1140 1141 1142 /* 1143 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1144 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1145 */ 1146 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1147 char ac[4]; 1148 put32bits(ac, val); 1149 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1150 } 1151 1152 /* 1153 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1154 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1155 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1156 ** 1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1158 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1159 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1160 */ 1161 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1162 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1163 1164 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1165 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1166 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1167 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1168 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1169 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1170 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1171 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1172 } 1173 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1174 } 1175 return rc; 1176 } 1177 1178 /* 1179 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1180 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1181 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1182 ** 1183 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1184 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1185 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1186 ** of this. 1187 */ 1188 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1189 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1190 1191 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1192 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1193 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1194 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1195 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1196 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1197 } 1198 } 1199 return rc; 1200 } 1201 1202 /* 1203 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or 1204 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The 1205 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: 1206 ** 1207 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1208 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1209 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1210 ** to the page size. 1211 ** 1212 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 1213 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1214 ** 1215 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() 1216 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is 1217 ** returned in this case. 1218 ** 1219 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. 1220 */ 1221 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1222 assert( !MEMDB ); 1223 1224 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ 1225 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) 1226 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1227 1228 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1229 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1230 #else 1231 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager); 1232 #endif 1233 1234 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 1235 if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){ 1236 return -1; 1237 } 1238 #endif 1239 1240 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1241 { 1242 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1243 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1244 1245 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1246 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1247 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1248 return 0; 1249 } 1250 } 1251 1252 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1253 #endif 1254 1255 return 0; 1256 } 1257 1258 /* 1259 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1260 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1261 ** and debugging only. 1262 */ 1263 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1264 /* 1265 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1266 */ 1267 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1268 u32 hash = 0; 1269 int i; 1270 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1271 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1272 } 1273 return hash; 1274 } 1275 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1276 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1277 } 1278 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1279 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1280 } 1281 1282 /* 1283 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1284 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1285 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1286 */ 1287 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1288 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1289 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1290 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1291 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1292 } 1293 1294 #else 1295 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1296 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1297 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1298 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1299 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1300 1301 /* 1302 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1303 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1304 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1305 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1306 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1307 ** 1308 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1309 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1310 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1311 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1312 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1313 ** were present in the journal. 1314 ** 1315 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1316 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1317 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1318 ** journal file name. 1319 ** 1320 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1321 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1322 ** 1323 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1324 ** error code is returned. 1325 */ 1326 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1327 int rc; /* Return code */ 1328 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1329 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1330 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1331 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1332 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1333 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1334 1335 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1336 || szJ<16 1337 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1338 || len>=nMaster 1339 || len>szJ-16 1340 || len==0 1341 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1342 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1343 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1344 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1345 ){ 1346 return rc; 1347 } 1348 1349 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1350 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1351 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1352 } 1353 if( cksum ){ 1354 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1355 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1356 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1357 ** master-journal filename. 1358 */ 1359 len = 0; 1360 } 1361 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1362 1363 return SQLITE_OK; 1364 } 1365 1366 /* 1367 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1368 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1369 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1370 ** 1371 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1372 ** 1373 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1374 ** --------------------------------------- 1375 ** 0 0 1376 ** 512 512 1377 ** 100 512 1378 ** 2000 2048 1379 ** 1380 */ 1381 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1382 i64 offset = 0; 1383 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1384 if( c ){ 1385 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1386 } 1387 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1388 assert( offset>=c ); 1389 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1390 return offset; 1391 } 1392 1393 /* 1394 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1395 ** 1396 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1397 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1398 ** 1399 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1400 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1401 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1402 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1403 ** after writing or truncating it. 1404 ** 1405 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1406 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1407 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1408 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1409 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1410 ** 1411 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1412 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1413 */ 1414 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1415 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1416 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1417 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1418 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1419 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1420 1421 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1422 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1423 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1424 }else{ 1425 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1426 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1427 } 1428 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1429 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1430 } 1431 1432 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1433 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1434 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1435 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1436 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1437 */ 1438 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1439 i64 sz; 1440 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1441 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1442 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1443 } 1444 } 1445 } 1446 return rc; 1447 } 1448 1449 /* 1450 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1451 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1452 ** current location. 1453 ** 1454 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1455 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1456 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1457 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1458 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1459 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1460 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1461 ** 1462 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1463 */ 1464 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1465 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1466 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1467 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1468 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1469 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1470 1471 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1472 1473 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1474 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1475 } 1476 1477 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1478 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1479 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1480 */ 1481 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1482 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1483 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1484 } 1485 } 1486 1487 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1488 1489 /* 1490 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1491 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1492 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1493 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1494 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1495 ** 1496 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1497 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1498 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1499 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1500 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1501 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1502 ** 1503 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1504 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1505 ** 1506 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1507 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1508 */ 1509 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1510 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1511 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1512 ){ 1513 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1514 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1515 }else{ 1516 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1517 } 1518 1519 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1520 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1521 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1522 /* The initial database size */ 1523 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1524 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1525 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1526 1527 /* The page size */ 1528 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1529 1530 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1531 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1532 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1533 ** take the performance hit. 1534 */ 1535 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1536 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1537 1538 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1539 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1540 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1541 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1542 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1543 ** 1544 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1545 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1546 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1547 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1548 ** is done. 1549 ** 1550 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1551 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1552 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1553 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1554 */ 1555 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1556 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1557 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1558 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1559 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1560 } 1561 1562 return rc; 1563 } 1564 1565 /* 1566 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1567 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1568 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1569 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1570 ** a description of the journal header format. 1571 ** 1572 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1573 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1574 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1575 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1576 ** in this case. 1577 ** 1578 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1579 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1580 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1581 */ 1582 static int readJournalHdr( 1583 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1584 int isHot, 1585 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1586 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1587 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1588 ){ 1589 int rc; /* Return code */ 1590 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1591 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1592 1593 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1594 1595 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1596 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1597 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1598 */ 1599 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1600 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1601 return SQLITE_DONE; 1602 } 1603 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1604 1605 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1606 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1607 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1608 ** proceed. 1609 */ 1610 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1611 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1612 if( rc ){ 1613 return rc; 1614 } 1615 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1616 return SQLITE_DONE; 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1621 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1622 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1623 */ 1624 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1625 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1626 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1627 ){ 1628 return rc; 1629 } 1630 1631 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1632 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1633 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1634 1635 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1636 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1637 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1638 ){ 1639 return rc; 1640 } 1641 1642 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1643 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1644 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1645 */ 1646 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1647 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1648 } 1649 1650 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1651 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1652 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1653 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1654 */ 1655 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1656 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1657 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1658 ){ 1659 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1660 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1661 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1662 ** the journal file here. 1663 */ 1664 return SQLITE_DONE; 1665 } 1666 1667 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1668 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1669 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1670 */ 1671 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1672 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1673 1674 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1675 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1676 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1677 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1678 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1679 */ 1680 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1681 } 1682 1683 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1684 return rc; 1685 } 1686 1687 1688 /* 1689 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1690 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1691 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1692 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1693 ** anything is written. The format is: 1694 ** 1695 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1696 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1697 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1698 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1699 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1700 ** 1701 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1702 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1703 ** 1704 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1705 ** this call is a no-op. 1706 */ 1707 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1708 int rc; /* Return code */ 1709 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1710 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1711 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1712 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1713 1714 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1715 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1716 1717 if( !zMaster 1718 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1719 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1720 ){ 1721 return SQLITE_OK; 1722 } 1723 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1724 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1725 1726 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1727 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1728 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1729 } 1730 1731 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1732 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1733 ** the journal has already been synced. 1734 */ 1735 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1736 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1737 } 1738 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1739 1740 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1741 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1742 */ 1743 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1744 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1745 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1746 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1747 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1748 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1749 ){ 1750 return rc; 1751 } 1752 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1753 1754 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1755 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1756 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1757 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1758 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1759 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1760 ** 1761 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1762 ** file to the required size. 1763 */ 1764 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1765 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1766 ){ 1767 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1768 } 1769 return rc; 1770 } 1771 1772 /* 1773 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1774 */ 1775 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1776 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1777 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1778 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1779 } 1780 1781 /* 1782 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1783 */ 1784 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1785 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1786 } 1787 1788 /* 1789 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1790 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1791 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1792 */ 1793 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1794 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1795 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1796 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1797 } 1798 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1799 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1800 } 1801 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1802 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1803 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1804 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1805 } 1806 1807 /* 1808 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1809 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1810 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1811 */ 1812 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1813 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1814 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1815 1816 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1817 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1818 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1819 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1820 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1821 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1822 } 1823 } 1824 return rc; 1825 } 1826 1827 /* 1828 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1829 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1830 ** state. 1831 ** 1832 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1833 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1834 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1835 ** closed (if it is open). 1836 ** 1837 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1838 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1839 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1840 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1841 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1842 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1843 */ 1844 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1845 1846 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1847 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1848 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1849 ); 1850 1851 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1852 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1853 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1854 1855 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1856 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1857 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1858 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1859 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1860 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1861 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1862 1863 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1864 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1865 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1866 ** out from under us. 1867 */ 1868 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1869 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1870 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1871 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1872 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1873 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1874 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1875 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1876 ){ 1877 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1878 } 1879 1880 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1881 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1882 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1883 ** is necessary. 1884 */ 1885 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1886 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1887 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1888 } 1889 1890 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1891 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1892 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1893 */ 1894 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1895 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1896 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1897 } 1898 1899 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1900 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1901 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1902 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1903 */ 1904 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1905 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1906 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1907 pager_reset(pPager); 1908 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1909 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1910 }else{ 1911 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1912 } 1913 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1914 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1915 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1916 } 1917 1918 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1919 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1920 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1921 } 1922 1923 /* 1924 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1925 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1926 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1927 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1928 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1929 ** 1930 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1931 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1932 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1933 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1934 ** 1935 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1936 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1937 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1938 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1939 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1940 ** it were a hot-journal). 1941 */ 1942 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1943 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1944 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1945 assert( 1946 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1947 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1948 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1949 ); 1950 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1951 pPager->errCode = rc; 1952 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1953 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1954 } 1955 return rc; 1956 } 1957 1958 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1959 1960 /* 1961 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1962 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1963 ** 1964 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1965 ** 1966 ** Rules: 1967 ** 1968 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1969 ** for transactions to be durable. 1970 ** 1971 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1972 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1973 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1974 ** cache size. 1975 */ 1976 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1977 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1978 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1979 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1980 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1981 } 1982 1983 /* 1984 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1985 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1986 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1987 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1988 ** database transaction. 1989 ** 1990 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1991 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1992 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1993 ** 1994 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1995 ** 1996 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1997 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1998 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1999 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 2000 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 2001 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 2002 ** 2003 ** journalMode==MEMORY 2004 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 2005 ** in-memory journal. 2006 ** 2007 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 2008 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 2009 ** 2010 ** journalMode==PERSIST 2011 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 2012 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 2013 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 2014 ** 2015 ** journalMode==DELETE 2016 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2017 ** 2018 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 2019 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 2020 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 2021 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 2022 ** 2023 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 2024 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 2025 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 2026 ** 2027 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 2028 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 2029 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 2030 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 2031 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 2032 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 2033 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 2034 ** returned. 2035 */ 2036 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 2037 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 2038 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 2039 2040 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 2041 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 2042 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 2043 ** held under two circumstances: 2044 ** 2045 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2046 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2047 ** 2048 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2049 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2050 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2051 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2052 */ 2053 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2054 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2055 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2056 return SQLITE_OK; 2057 } 2058 2059 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2060 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 2061 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 2062 ); 2063 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2064 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2065 2066 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2067 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2068 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2069 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2070 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2071 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2072 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2073 }else{ 2074 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2075 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2076 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2077 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2078 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2079 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2080 */ 2081 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2082 } 2083 } 2084 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2085 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2086 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2087 ){ 2088 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2089 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2090 }else{ 2091 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2092 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2093 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2094 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2095 */ 2096 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2097 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2098 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2099 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2100 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2101 ); 2102 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2103 if( bDelete ){ 2104 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2105 } 2106 } 2107 } 2108 2109 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2110 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2111 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2112 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2113 if( p ){ 2114 p->pageHash = 0; 2115 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2116 } 2117 } 2118 #endif 2119 2120 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2121 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2122 pPager->nRec = 0; 2123 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2124 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2125 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2126 }else{ 2127 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2128 } 2129 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2130 } 2131 2132 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2133 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2134 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2135 ** lock held on the database file. 2136 */ 2137 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2138 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2139 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2140 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2141 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2142 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2143 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2144 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2145 ** required size. */ 2146 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2147 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2148 } 2149 2150 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){ 2151 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2152 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2153 } 2154 2155 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2156 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2157 ){ 2158 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2159 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2160 } 2161 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2162 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2163 2164 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2165 } 2166 2167 /* 2168 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2169 ** database file. 2170 ** 2171 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2172 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2173 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2174 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2175 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2176 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2177 ** will roll it back. 2178 ** 2179 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2180 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2181 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2182 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2183 */ 2184 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2185 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2186 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2187 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2188 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2189 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2190 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2191 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2192 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2193 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2194 } 2195 } 2196 pager_unlock(pPager); 2197 } 2198 2199 /* 2200 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2201 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2202 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2203 ** 2204 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2205 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2206 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2207 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2208 ** 2209 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2210 ** incompatible journal file format. 2211 ** 2212 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2213 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2214 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2215 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2216 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2217 */ 2218 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2219 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2220 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2221 while( i>0 ){ 2222 cksum += aData[i]; 2223 i -= 200; 2224 } 2225 return cksum; 2226 } 2227 2228 /* 2229 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2230 ** to the codec. 2231 */ 2232 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2233 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2234 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2235 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2236 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2237 } 2238 } 2239 #else 2240 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2241 #endif 2242 2243 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2244 /* 2245 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2246 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2247 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2248 */ 2249 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2250 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2251 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2252 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2253 } 2254 } 2255 #endif 2256 2257 /* 2258 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2259 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2260 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2261 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2262 ** 2263 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2264 ** not. 2265 ** 2266 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2267 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2268 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2269 ** 2270 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2271 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2272 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2273 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2274 ** prior to returning. 2275 ** 2276 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2277 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2278 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2279 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2280 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2281 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2282 ** two circumstances: 2283 ** 2284 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2285 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2286 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2287 ** 2288 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2289 ** 2290 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2291 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2292 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2293 */ 2294 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2295 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2296 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2297 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2298 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2299 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2300 ){ 2301 int rc; 2302 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2303 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2304 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2305 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2306 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2307 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2308 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2309 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through 2310 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ 2311 const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); 2312 #endif 2313 2314 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2315 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2316 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2317 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2318 2319 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2320 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2321 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2322 2323 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2324 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2325 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2326 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2327 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2328 */ 2329 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2330 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2331 ); 2332 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2333 2334 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2335 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2336 */ 2337 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2338 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2339 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2340 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2341 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2342 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2343 2344 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2345 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2346 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2347 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2348 */ 2349 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2350 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2351 return SQLITE_DONE; 2352 } 2353 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2354 return SQLITE_OK; 2355 } 2356 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2357 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2358 if( rc ) return rc; 2359 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2360 return SQLITE_DONE; 2361 } 2362 } 2363 2364 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2365 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2366 */ 2367 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2368 return rc; 2369 } 2370 2371 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2372 */ 2373 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2374 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2375 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2376 } 2377 2378 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2379 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2380 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2381 ** 2382 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2383 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2384 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2385 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2386 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2387 ** assert()able. 2388 ** 2389 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2390 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2391 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2392 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2393 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2394 ** 2395 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2396 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2397 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2398 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2399 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2400 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2401 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2402 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2403 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2404 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2405 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2406 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2407 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2408 ** 2409 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2410 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2411 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2412 */ 2413 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2414 pPg = 0; 2415 }else{ 2416 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2417 } 2418 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2419 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2420 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2421 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2422 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2423 )); 2424 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2425 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2426 }else{ 2427 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2428 } 2429 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2430 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2431 && isSynced 2432 ){ 2433 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2434 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2435 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2436 2437 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2438 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2439 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2440 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2441 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2442 ** file. */ 2443 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2444 if( !jrnlEnc ){ 2445 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2446 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2447 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2448 }else 2449 #endif 2450 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2451 2452 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2453 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2454 } 2455 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2456 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2457 if( jrnlEnc ){ 2458 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2459 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2460 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); 2461 }else 2462 #endif 2463 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2464 } 2465 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2466 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2467 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2468 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2469 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2470 ** current. 2471 ** 2472 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2473 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2474 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2475 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2476 ** 2477 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2478 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2479 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2480 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2481 */ 2482 assert( isSavepnt ); 2483 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2484 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2485 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2486 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2487 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2488 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2489 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2490 } 2491 if( pPg ){ 2492 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2493 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2494 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2495 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2496 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2497 */ 2498 void *pData; 2499 pData = pPg->pData; 2500 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2501 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2502 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2503 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2504 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2505 ** has been removed. */ 2506 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2507 2508 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2509 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2510 if( pgno==1 ){ 2511 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2512 } 2513 2514 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2515 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2516 if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } 2517 #endif 2518 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2519 } 2520 return rc; 2521 } 2522 2523 /* 2524 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2525 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2526 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2527 ** and does so if it is. 2528 ** 2529 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2530 ** available for use within this function. 2531 ** 2532 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2533 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2534 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2535 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2536 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2537 ** 2538 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2539 ** 2540 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2541 ** journals have been rolled back. 2542 ** 2543 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2544 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2545 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2546 ** 2547 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2548 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2549 ** file zMaster 2550 ** 2551 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2552 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2553 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2554 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2555 ** 2556 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2557 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2558 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2559 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2560 ** 2561 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2562 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2563 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2564 ** size. 2565 */ 2566 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2567 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2568 int rc; /* Return code */ 2569 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2570 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2571 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2572 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2573 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2574 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2575 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2576 2577 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2578 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2579 */ 2580 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2581 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2582 if( !pMaster ){ 2583 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2584 }else{ 2585 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2586 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2587 } 2588 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2589 2590 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2591 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2592 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2593 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2594 */ 2595 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2596 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2597 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2598 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2599 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2600 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2601 goto delmaster_out; 2602 } 2603 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2604 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2605 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2606 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2607 2608 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2609 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2610 int exists; 2611 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2612 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2613 goto delmaster_out; 2614 } 2615 if( exists ){ 2616 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2617 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2618 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2619 */ 2620 int c; 2621 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2622 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2623 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2624 goto delmaster_out; 2625 } 2626 2627 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2628 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2629 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2630 goto delmaster_out; 2631 } 2632 2633 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2634 if( c ){ 2635 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2636 goto delmaster_out; 2637 } 2638 } 2639 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2640 } 2641 2642 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2643 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2644 2645 delmaster_out: 2646 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2647 if( pMaster ){ 2648 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2649 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2650 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2651 } 2652 return rc; 2653 } 2654 2655 2656 /* 2657 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2658 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2659 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2660 ** 2661 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2662 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2663 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2664 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2665 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2666 ** 2667 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2668 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2669 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2670 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2671 ** the end of the new file instead. 2672 ** 2673 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2674 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2675 */ 2676 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2677 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2678 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2679 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2680 2681 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2682 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2683 ){ 2684 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2685 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2686 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2687 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2688 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2689 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2690 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2691 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2692 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2693 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2694 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2695 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2696 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2697 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2698 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2699 } 2700 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2701 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 } 2705 return rc; 2706 } 2707 2708 /* 2709 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2710 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2711 */ 2712 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2713 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2714 if( iRet<32 ){ 2715 iRet = 512; 2716 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2717 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2718 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2719 } 2720 return iRet; 2721 } 2722 2723 /* 2724 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2725 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2726 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2727 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2728 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2729 ** 2730 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2731 ** 2732 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2733 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2734 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2735 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2736 ** 2737 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2738 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2739 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2740 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2741 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2742 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2743 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2744 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2745 */ 2746 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2747 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2748 2749 if( pPager->tempFile 2750 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2751 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2752 ){ 2753 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2754 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2755 ** call will segfault. */ 2756 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2757 }else{ 2758 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2759 } 2760 } 2761 2762 /* 2763 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2764 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2765 ** 2766 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2767 ** 2768 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2769 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2770 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2771 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2772 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2773 ** sanity checksum. 2774 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2775 ** database to during a rollback. 2776 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2777 ** is this many bytes in size. 2778 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2779 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2780 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2781 ** + 4 byte page number. 2782 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2783 ** + 4 byte checksum 2784 ** 2785 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2786 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2787 ** 2788 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2789 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2790 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2791 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2792 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2793 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2794 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2795 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2796 ** 2797 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2798 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2799 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2800 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2801 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2802 ** 2803 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2804 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2805 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2806 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2807 ** been encountered. 2808 ** 2809 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2810 ** and an error code is returned. 2811 ** 2812 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2813 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2814 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2815 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2816 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2817 ** needed. 2818 */ 2819 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2820 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2821 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2822 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2823 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2824 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2825 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2826 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2827 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2828 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2829 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2830 u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 2831 2832 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2833 ** the journal is empty. 2834 */ 2835 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2836 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2837 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2838 goto end_playback; 2839 } 2840 2841 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2842 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2843 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2844 ** played back. 2845 ** 2846 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2847 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2848 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2849 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2850 ** for pageSize. 2851 */ 2852 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2853 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2854 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2855 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2856 } 2857 zMaster = 0; 2858 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2859 goto end_playback; 2860 } 2861 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2862 needPagerReset = isHot; 2863 2864 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2865 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2866 ** occurs. 2867 */ 2868 while( 1 ){ 2869 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2870 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2871 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2872 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2873 */ 2874 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2875 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2876 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2877 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2878 } 2879 goto end_playback; 2880 } 2881 2882 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2883 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2884 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2885 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2886 */ 2887 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2888 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2889 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2890 } 2891 2892 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2893 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2894 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2895 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2896 ** size of the file. 2897 ** 2898 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2899 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2900 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2901 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2902 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2903 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2904 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2905 */ 2906 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2907 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2908 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2909 } 2910 2911 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2912 ** database file back to its original size. 2913 */ 2914 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2915 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2916 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2917 goto end_playback; 2918 } 2919 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2920 } 2921 2922 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2923 ** database file and/or page cache. 2924 */ 2925 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2926 if( needPagerReset ){ 2927 pager_reset(pPager); 2928 needPagerReset = 0; 2929 } 2930 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2931 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2932 nPlayback++; 2933 }else{ 2934 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2935 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2936 break; 2937 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2938 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2939 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2940 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2941 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2942 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2943 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2944 goto end_playback; 2945 }else{ 2946 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2947 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2948 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2949 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2950 */ 2951 goto end_playback; 2952 } 2953 } 2954 } 2955 } 2956 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2957 assert( 0 ); 2958 2959 end_playback: 2960 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2961 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); 2962 } 2963 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2964 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2965 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2966 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2967 */ 2968 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2969 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2970 #endif 2971 2972 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2973 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2974 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2975 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2976 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2977 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2978 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2979 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2980 */ 2981 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2982 2983 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2984 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2985 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2986 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2987 } 2988 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2989 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2990 ){ 2991 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2992 } 2993 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2994 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2995 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2996 } 2997 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2998 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2999 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 3000 */ 3001 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 3002 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 3003 } 3004 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 3005 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 3006 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 3007 } 3008 3009 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 3010 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 3011 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 3012 */ 3013 setSectorSize(pPager); 3014 return rc; 3015 } 3016 3017 3018 /* 3019 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of 3020 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 3021 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 3022 ** file before this function is called. 3023 ** 3024 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 3025 ** the value read from the database file. 3026 ** 3027 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 3028 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3029 */ 3030 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3031 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 3032 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3033 3034 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3035 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ 3036 3037 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 3038 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3039 3040 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3041 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3042 if( rc ) return rc; 3043 } 3044 if( iFrame ){ 3045 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); 3046 }else 3047 #endif 3048 { 3049 i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 3050 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); 3051 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3052 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3053 } 3054 } 3055 3056 if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ 3057 if( rc ){ 3058 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 3059 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 3060 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 3061 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 3062 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 3063 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 3064 ** 3065 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 3066 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3067 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3068 ** we should still be ok. 3069 */ 3070 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3071 }else{ 3072 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3073 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3074 } 3075 } 3076 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 3077 3078 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3079 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3080 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); 3081 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3082 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3083 3084 return rc; 3085 } 3086 3087 /* 3088 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3089 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3090 ** 3091 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3092 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3093 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3094 */ 3095 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3096 u32 change_counter; 3097 3098 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3099 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3100 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3101 3102 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3103 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3104 ** is valid. */ 3105 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3106 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3107 } 3108 3109 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3110 /* 3111 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3112 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3113 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3114 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3115 ** 3116 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3117 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3118 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3119 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3120 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3121 */ 3122 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3123 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3124 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3125 PgHdr *pPg; 3126 3127 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3128 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3129 if( pPg ){ 3130 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3131 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3132 }else{ 3133 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 3134 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3135 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3136 } 3137 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3138 } 3139 } 3140 3141 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3142 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3143 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3144 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3145 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3146 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3147 ** the backups must be restarted. 3148 */ 3149 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3150 3151 return rc; 3152 } 3153 3154 /* 3155 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3156 */ 3157 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3158 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3159 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3160 3161 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3162 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3163 ** following: 3164 ** 3165 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3166 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3167 */ 3168 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3169 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3170 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3171 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3172 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3173 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3174 pList = pNext; 3175 } 3176 3177 return rc; 3178 } 3179 3180 /* 3181 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3182 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3183 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3184 ** changed. 3185 ** 3186 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3187 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3188 */ 3189 static int pagerWalFrames( 3190 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3191 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3192 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3193 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3194 ){ 3195 int rc; /* Return code */ 3196 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3197 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3198 3199 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3200 assert( pList ); 3201 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3202 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3203 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3204 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3205 } 3206 #endif 3207 3208 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3209 if( isCommit ){ 3210 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3211 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3212 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3213 ** list here. */ 3214 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3215 nList = 0; 3216 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3217 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3218 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3219 nList++; 3220 } 3221 } 3222 assert( pList ); 3223 }else{ 3224 nList = 1; 3225 } 3226 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3227 3228 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3229 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3230 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3231 ); 3232 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3233 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3234 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3235 } 3236 } 3237 3238 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3239 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3240 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3241 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3242 } 3243 #endif 3244 3245 return rc; 3246 } 3247 3248 /* 3249 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3250 ** 3251 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3252 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3253 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3254 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3255 */ 3256 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3257 int rc; /* Return code */ 3258 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3259 3260 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3261 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3262 3263 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3264 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3265 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3266 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3267 */ 3268 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3269 3270 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3271 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3272 pager_reset(pPager); 3273 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3274 } 3275 3276 return rc; 3277 } 3278 #endif 3279 3280 /* 3281 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3282 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3283 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3284 ** 3285 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3286 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3287 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3288 */ 3289 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3290 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3291 3292 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3293 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3294 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3295 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3296 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3297 */ 3298 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3299 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3300 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3301 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3302 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3303 3304 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3305 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3306 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3307 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3308 */ 3309 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3310 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3311 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3312 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3313 return rc; 3314 } 3315 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3316 } 3317 3318 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3319 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3320 ** that the file can be read. 3321 */ 3322 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3323 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3324 } 3325 3326 *pnPage = nPage; 3327 return SQLITE_OK; 3328 } 3329 3330 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3331 /* 3332 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3333 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3334 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3335 ** 3336 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3337 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3338 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3339 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3340 ** 3341 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3342 ** 3343 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3344 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3345 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3346 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3347 ** other connection. 3348 */ 3349 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3350 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3351 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3352 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3353 3354 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3355 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3356 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3357 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3358 ); 3359 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3360 if( isWal ){ 3361 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3362 3363 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3364 if( rc ) return rc; 3365 if( nPage==0 ){ 3366 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3367 }else{ 3368 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3369 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3370 } 3371 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3372 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3373 } 3374 } 3375 } 3376 return rc; 3377 } 3378 #endif 3379 3380 /* 3381 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3382 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3383 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3384 ** savepoint. 3385 ** 3386 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3387 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3388 ** performed in the order specified: 3389 ** 3390 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3391 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3392 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3393 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3394 ** 3395 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3396 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3397 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3398 ** 3399 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3400 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3401 ** the journal file. 3402 ** 3403 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3404 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3405 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3406 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3407 ** 3408 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3409 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3410 ** 3411 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3412 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3413 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3414 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3415 */ 3416 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3417 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3418 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3419 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3420 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3421 3422 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3423 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3424 3425 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3426 if( pSavepoint ){ 3427 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3428 if( !pDone ){ 3429 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3430 } 3431 } 3432 3433 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3434 ** being reverted was opened. 3435 */ 3436 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3437 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3438 3439 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3440 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3441 } 3442 3443 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3444 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3445 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3446 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3447 */ 3448 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3449 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3450 3451 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3452 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3453 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3454 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3455 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3456 ** are played back. 3457 */ 3458 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3459 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3460 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3461 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3462 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3463 } 3464 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3465 }else{ 3466 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3467 } 3468 3469 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3470 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3471 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3472 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3473 */ 3474 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3475 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3476 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3477 u32 dummy; 3478 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3479 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3480 3481 /* 3482 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3483 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3484 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3485 */ 3486 if( nJRec==0 3487 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3488 ){ 3489 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3490 } 3491 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3492 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3493 } 3494 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3495 } 3496 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3497 3498 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3499 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3500 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3501 */ 3502 if( pSavepoint ){ 3503 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3504 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3505 3506 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3507 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3508 } 3509 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3510 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3511 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3512 } 3513 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3514 } 3515 3516 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3517 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3518 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3519 } 3520 3521 return rc; 3522 } 3523 3524 /* 3525 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3526 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3527 */ 3528 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3529 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3530 } 3531 3532 /* 3533 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3534 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3535 */ 3536 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3537 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3538 } 3539 3540 /* 3541 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3542 */ 3543 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3544 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3545 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3546 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3547 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3548 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3549 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3550 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3551 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3552 } 3553 #endif 3554 } 3555 3556 /* 3557 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3558 */ 3559 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3560 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3561 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3562 } 3563 3564 /* 3565 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3566 */ 3567 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3568 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3569 } 3570 3571 /* 3572 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3573 ** 3574 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3575 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3576 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3577 ** There are four levels: 3578 ** 3579 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3580 ** for temporary and transient files. 3581 ** 3582 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3583 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3584 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3585 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3586 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3587 ** when it is rolled back. 3588 ** 3589 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3590 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3591 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3592 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3593 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3594 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3595 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3596 ** 3597 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3598 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3599 ** journal is unlinked. 3600 ** 3601 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3602 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3603 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3604 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3605 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3606 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3607 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3608 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3609 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3610 ** 3611 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3612 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3613 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3614 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3615 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3616 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3617 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3618 ** 3619 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3620 ** and FULL=3. 3621 */ 3622 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3623 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3624 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3625 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3626 ){ 3627 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3628 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3629 pPager->noSync = 1; 3630 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3631 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3632 }else{ 3633 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3634 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3635 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3636 } 3637 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3638 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3639 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3640 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3641 }else{ 3642 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3643 } 3644 pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); 3645 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3646 pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; 3647 } 3648 if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ 3649 pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); 3650 } 3651 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3652 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3653 }else{ 3654 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3655 } 3656 } 3657 #endif 3658 3659 /* 3660 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3661 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3662 ** testing and analysis only. 3663 */ 3664 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3665 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3666 #endif 3667 3668 /* 3669 ** Open a temporary file. 3670 ** 3671 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3672 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3673 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3674 ** 3675 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3676 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3677 ** 3678 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3679 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3680 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3681 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3682 */ 3683 static int pagerOpentemp( 3684 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3685 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3686 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3687 ){ 3688 int rc; /* Return code */ 3689 3690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3691 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3692 #endif 3693 3694 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3695 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3696 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3697 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3698 return rc; 3699 } 3700 3701 /* 3702 ** Set the busy handler function. 3703 ** 3704 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3705 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3706 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3707 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3708 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3709 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3710 ** 3711 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3712 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3713 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3714 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3715 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3716 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3717 ** 3718 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3719 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3720 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3721 */ 3722 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( 3723 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3724 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3725 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3726 ){ 3727 void **ap; 3728 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3729 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3730 ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3731 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3732 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3733 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3734 } 3735 3736 /* 3737 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3738 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3739 ** 3740 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3741 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3742 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3743 ** 3744 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3745 ** 3746 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3747 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3748 ** 3749 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3750 ** 3751 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3752 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3753 ** 3754 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3755 ** 3756 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3757 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3758 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3759 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3760 ** 3761 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3762 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3763 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3764 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3765 */ 3766 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3767 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3768 3769 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3770 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3771 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3772 ** 3773 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3774 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3775 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3776 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3777 */ 3778 3779 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3780 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3781 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3782 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3783 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3784 ){ 3785 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3786 i64 nByte = 0; 3787 3788 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3789 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3790 } 3791 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3792 /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree 3793 * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */ 3794 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8); 3795 if( !pNew ){ 3796 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3797 }else{ 3798 memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8); 3799 } 3800 } 3801 3802 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3803 pager_reset(pPager); 3804 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3805 } 3806 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3807 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3808 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3809 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3810 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3811 }else{ 3812 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3813 } 3814 } 3815 3816 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3817 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3818 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3819 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3820 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3821 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3822 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3823 } 3824 return rc; 3825 } 3826 3827 /* 3828 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3829 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3830 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3831 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3832 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3833 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3834 */ 3835 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3836 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3837 } 3838 3839 /* 3840 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3841 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3842 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3843 ** 3844 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3845 */ 3846 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3847 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3848 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3849 } 3850 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3851 /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */ 3852 /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not 3853 ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this 3854 ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */ 3855 return pPager->mxPgno; 3856 } 3857 3858 /* 3859 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3860 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3861 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3862 ** 3863 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3864 ** and generate no code. 3865 */ 3866 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3867 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3868 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3869 static int saved_cnt; 3870 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3871 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3872 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3873 } 3874 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3875 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3876 } 3877 #else 3878 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3879 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3880 #endif 3881 3882 /* 3883 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3884 ** that pDest points to. 3885 ** 3886 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3887 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3888 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3889 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3890 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3891 ** 3892 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3893 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3894 ** output buffer undefined. 3895 */ 3896 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3897 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3898 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3899 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3900 3901 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3902 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3903 ** to WAL mode yet. 3904 */ 3905 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3906 3907 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3908 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3909 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3910 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3911 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3912 } 3913 } 3914 return rc; 3915 } 3916 3917 /* 3918 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3919 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3920 ** 3921 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3922 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3923 */ 3924 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3925 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3926 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3927 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3928 } 3929 3930 3931 /* 3932 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3933 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3934 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3935 ** 3936 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3937 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3938 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3939 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3940 ** 3941 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3942 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3943 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3944 */ 3945 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3946 int rc; /* Return code */ 3947 3948 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3949 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3950 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3951 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3952 */ 3953 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3954 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3955 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3956 ); 3957 3958 do { 3959 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3960 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3961 return rc; 3962 } 3963 3964 /* 3965 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3966 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3967 ** 3968 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3969 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3970 ** 3971 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3972 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3973 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3974 ** 3975 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3976 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3977 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3978 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3979 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3980 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3981 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3982 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3983 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3984 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3985 */ 3986 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3987 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3988 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3989 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3990 } 3991 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3992 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3993 } 3994 #else 3995 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3996 #endif 3997 3998 /* 3999 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 4000 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 4001 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 4002 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 4003 ** 4004 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 4005 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 4006 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 4007 ** then continue writing to the database. 4008 */ 4009 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 4010 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 4011 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 4012 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 4013 4014 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 4015 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 4016 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 4017 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 4018 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 4019 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 4020 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 4021 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 4022 ** is no longer correct. */ 4023 } 4024 4025 4026 /* 4027 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 4028 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 4029 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 4030 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 4031 ** 4032 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 4033 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 4034 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 4035 ** content as this process. 4036 ** 4037 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 4038 ** an SQLite error code. 4039 */ 4040 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4041 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4042 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4043 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 4044 } 4045 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4046 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 4047 } 4048 return rc; 4049 } 4050 4051 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 4052 /* 4053 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 4054 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 4055 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 4056 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 4057 ** *ppPage to zero. 4058 ** 4059 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 4060 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 4061 */ 4062 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4063 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4064 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4065 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4066 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4067 ){ 4068 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4069 4070 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4071 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4072 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4073 p->pDirty = 0; 4074 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4075 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4076 }else{ 4077 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4078 if( p==0 ){ 4079 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4080 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4081 } 4082 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4083 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4084 p->nRef = 1; 4085 p->pPager = pPager; 4086 } 4087 4088 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4089 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4090 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4091 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4092 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4093 4094 p->pgno = pgno; 4095 p->pData = pData; 4096 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4097 4098 return SQLITE_OK; 4099 } 4100 #endif 4101 4102 /* 4103 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4104 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4105 */ 4106 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4107 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4108 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4109 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4110 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4111 4112 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4113 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4114 } 4115 4116 /* 4117 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4118 */ 4119 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4120 PgHdr *p; 4121 PgHdr *pNext; 4122 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4123 pNext = p->pDirty; 4124 sqlite3_free(p); 4125 } 4126 } 4127 4128 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4129 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought 4130 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4131 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4132 */ 4133 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4134 int bHasMoved = 0; 4135 int rc; 4136 4137 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4138 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4139 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4140 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4141 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4142 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4143 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4144 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4145 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4146 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4147 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4148 } 4149 return rc; 4150 } 4151 4152 4153 /* 4154 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4155 ** 4156 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4157 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4158 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4159 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4160 ** result in a coredump. 4161 ** 4162 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4163 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4164 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4165 ** to the caller. 4166 */ 4167 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4168 u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4169 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4170 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4171 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4172 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4173 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4174 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4175 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4176 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4177 { 4178 u8 *a = 0; 4179 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4180 if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) 4181 && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) 4182 ){ 4183 a = pTmp; 4184 } 4185 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a); 4186 pPager->pWal = 0; 4187 } 4188 #endif 4189 pager_reset(pPager); 4190 if( MEMDB ){ 4191 pager_unlock(pPager); 4192 }else{ 4193 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4194 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4195 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4196 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4197 ** 4198 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4199 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4200 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4201 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4202 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4203 */ 4204 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4205 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4206 } 4207 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4208 } 4209 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4210 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4211 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4212 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4213 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4214 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4215 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4216 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4217 4218 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4219 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4220 #endif 4221 4222 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4223 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4224 4225 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4226 return SQLITE_OK; 4227 } 4228 4229 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4230 /* 4231 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4232 */ 4233 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4234 return pPg->pgno; 4235 } 4236 #endif 4237 4238 /* 4239 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4240 */ 4241 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4242 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4243 } 4244 4245 /* 4246 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4247 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4248 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4249 ** 4250 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4251 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4252 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4253 ** 4254 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4255 ** be taken. 4256 ** 4257 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4258 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4259 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4260 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4261 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4262 ** 4263 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4264 ** journal file is synced. 4265 ** 4266 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4267 ** 4268 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4269 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4270 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4271 ** <update nRec field> 4272 ** } 4273 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4274 ** } 4275 ** 4276 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4277 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4278 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4279 */ 4280 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4281 int rc; /* Return code */ 4282 4283 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4284 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4285 ); 4286 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4287 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4288 4289 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4290 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4291 4292 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4293 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4294 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4295 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4296 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4297 4298 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4299 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4300 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4301 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4302 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4303 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4304 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4305 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4306 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4307 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4308 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4309 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4310 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4311 ** 4312 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4313 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4314 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4315 ** 4316 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4317 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4318 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4319 ** the potential journal header. 4320 */ 4321 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4322 u8 aMagic[8]; 4323 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4324 4325 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4326 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4327 4328 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4329 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4330 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4331 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4332 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4333 } 4334 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4335 return rc; 4336 } 4337 4338 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4339 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4340 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4341 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4342 ** 4343 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4344 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4345 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4346 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4347 ** and never needs to be updated. 4348 */ 4349 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4350 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4351 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4352 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4353 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4354 } 4355 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4356 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4357 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4358 ); 4359 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4360 } 4361 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4362 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4363 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4364 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4365 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4366 ); 4367 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4368 } 4369 4370 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4371 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4372 pPager->nRec = 0; 4373 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4374 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4375 } 4376 }else{ 4377 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4378 } 4379 } 4380 4381 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4382 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4383 ** all pages. 4384 */ 4385 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4386 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4387 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4388 return SQLITE_OK; 4389 } 4390 4391 /* 4392 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4393 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4394 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4395 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4396 ** a no-op. 4397 ** 4398 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4399 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4400 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4401 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4402 ** 4403 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4404 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4405 ** written out. 4406 ** 4407 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4408 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4409 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4410 ** 4411 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4412 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4413 ** 4414 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4415 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4416 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4417 ** the database file. 4418 ** 4419 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4420 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4421 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4422 */ 4423 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4424 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4425 4426 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4427 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4428 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4429 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4430 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4431 4432 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4433 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4434 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4435 */ 4436 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4437 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4438 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4439 } 4440 4441 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4442 ** file size will be. 4443 */ 4444 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4445 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4446 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4447 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4448 ){ 4449 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4450 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4451 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4452 } 4453 4454 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4455 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4456 4457 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4458 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4459 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4460 ** any such pages to the file. 4461 ** 4462 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4463 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4464 */ 4465 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4466 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4467 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4468 4469 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4470 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4471 4472 /* Encode the database */ 4473 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4474 4475 /* Write out the page data. */ 4476 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4477 4478 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4479 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4480 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4481 */ 4482 if( pgno==1 ){ 4483 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4484 } 4485 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4486 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4487 } 4488 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4489 4490 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4491 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4492 4493 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4494 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4495 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4496 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4497 }else{ 4498 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4499 } 4500 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4501 pList = pList->pDirty; 4502 } 4503 4504 return rc; 4505 } 4506 4507 /* 4508 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4509 ** function is a no-op. 4510 ** 4511 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4512 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4513 ** fails. 4514 */ 4515 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4516 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4517 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4518 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4519 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4520 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4521 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4522 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4523 nStmtSpill = -1; 4524 } 4525 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4526 } 4527 return rc; 4528 } 4529 4530 /* 4531 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4532 ** 4533 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4534 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4535 ** 4536 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4537 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4538 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4539 ** bitvec. 4540 */ 4541 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4542 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4543 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4544 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4545 4546 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4547 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4548 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4549 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4550 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4551 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4552 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4553 ); 4554 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4555 4556 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4557 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4558 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4559 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4560 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4561 char *pData2; 4562 4563 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4564 if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4565 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4566 }else 4567 #endif 4568 pData2 = pData; 4569 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4570 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4571 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4572 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4573 } 4574 } 4575 } 4576 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4577 pPager->nSubRec++; 4578 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4579 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4580 } 4581 return rc; 4582 } 4583 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4584 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4585 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4586 }else{ 4587 return SQLITE_OK; 4588 } 4589 } 4590 4591 /* 4592 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4593 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4594 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4595 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4596 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4597 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4598 ** argument. 4599 ** 4600 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4601 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4602 ** journal file. 4603 ** 4604 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4605 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4606 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4607 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4608 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4609 */ 4610 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4611 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4612 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4613 4614 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4615 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4616 4617 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4618 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4619 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4620 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4621 ** 4622 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4623 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4624 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4625 ** 4626 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4627 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4628 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4629 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4630 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4631 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4632 */ 4633 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4634 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4635 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4636 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4637 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4638 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4639 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4640 ){ 4641 return SQLITE_OK; 4642 } 4643 4644 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++; 4645 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4646 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4647 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4648 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4649 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4650 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4651 } 4652 }else{ 4653 4654 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 4655 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 4656 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 4657 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4658 } 4659 #endif 4660 4661 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4662 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4663 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4664 ){ 4665 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4666 } 4667 4668 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4669 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4670 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4671 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 4675 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4676 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4677 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4678 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4679 } 4680 4681 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4682 } 4683 4684 /* 4685 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4686 */ 4687 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4688 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4689 if( !MEMDB ){ 4690 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4691 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4692 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4693 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4694 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4695 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4696 } 4697 pList = pNext; 4698 } 4699 } 4700 4701 return rc; 4702 } 4703 4704 /* 4705 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4706 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4707 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4708 ** 4709 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4710 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4711 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4712 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4713 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4714 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4715 ** 4716 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4717 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4718 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4719 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4720 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4721 ** 4722 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4723 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4724 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4725 ** 4726 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4727 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4728 ** 4729 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4730 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4731 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4732 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4733 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4734 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4735 */ 4736 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4737 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4738 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4739 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4740 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4741 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4742 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4743 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4744 ){ 4745 u8 *pPtr; 4746 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4747 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4748 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4749 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4750 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE 4751 int memJM = 0; /* Memory journal mode */ 4752 #else 4753 # define memJM 0 4754 #endif 4755 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4756 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4757 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4758 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4759 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4760 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4761 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4762 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4763 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4764 4765 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4766 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4767 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4768 4769 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4770 *ppPager = 0; 4771 4772 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4773 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4774 memDb = 1; 4775 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4776 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4777 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4778 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4779 zFilename = 0; 4780 } 4781 } 4782 #endif 4783 4784 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4785 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4786 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4787 */ 4788 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4789 const char *z; 4790 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4791 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4792 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4793 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4794 } 4795 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4796 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4797 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4798 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4799 while( *z ){ 4800 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4801 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4802 } 4803 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4804 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4805 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4806 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4807 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4808 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4809 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4810 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4811 */ 4812 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4813 } 4814 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4815 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4816 return rc; 4817 } 4818 } 4819 4820 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4821 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4822 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4823 ** 4824 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4825 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4826 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4827 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4828 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4829 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4830 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4831 */ 4832 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4833 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4834 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4835 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4836 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4837 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4838 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4839 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4840 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4841 #endif 4842 ); 4843 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4844 if( !pPtr ){ 4845 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4846 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4847 } 4848 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4849 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4850 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4851 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4852 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4853 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4854 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4855 4856 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4857 if( zPathname ){ 4858 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4859 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4860 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4861 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4862 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4863 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4864 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4865 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4866 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4867 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4868 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4869 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4870 #endif 4871 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4872 } 4873 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4874 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4875 4876 /* Open the pager file. 4877 */ 4878 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4879 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4880 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4881 assert( !memDb ); 4882 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE 4883 memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; 4884 #endif 4885 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0; 4886 4887 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4888 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4889 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4890 ** 4891 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4892 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4893 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4894 */ 4895 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4896 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4897 if( !readOnly ){ 4898 setSectorSize(pPager); 4899 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4900 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4901 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4902 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4903 }else{ 4904 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4905 } 4906 } 4907 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4908 { 4909 int ii; 4910 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4911 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4912 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4913 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4914 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4915 szPageDflt = ii; 4916 } 4917 } 4918 } 4919 #endif 4920 } 4921 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4922 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4923 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4924 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4925 goto act_like_temp_file; 4926 } 4927 } 4928 }else{ 4929 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4930 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4931 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4932 ** 4933 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4934 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4935 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4936 ** 4937 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4938 */ 4939 act_like_temp_file: 4940 tempFile = 1; 4941 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4942 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4943 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4944 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4945 } 4946 4947 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4948 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4949 */ 4950 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4951 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4952 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4953 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4954 } 4955 4956 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4957 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4958 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4959 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4960 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4961 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4962 } 4963 4964 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4965 */ 4966 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4967 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4968 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4969 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4970 return rc; 4971 } 4972 4973 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4974 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4975 4976 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4977 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4978 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4979 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4980 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4981 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4982 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4983 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4984 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4985 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4986 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4987 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4988 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4989 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4990 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4991 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4992 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4993 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4994 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4995 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4996 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4997 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4998 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4999 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 5000 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 5001 }else{ 5002 pPager->fullSync = 1; 5003 pPager->extraSync = 0; 5004 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 5005 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); 5006 } 5007 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 5008 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 5009 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 5010 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 5011 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 5012 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 5013 setSectorSize(pPager); 5014 if( !useJournal ){ 5015 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 5016 }else if( memDb || memJM ){ 5017 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 5018 } 5019 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 5020 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 5021 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 5022 setGetterMethod(pPager); 5023 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 5024 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 5025 5026 *ppPager = pPager; 5027 return SQLITE_OK; 5028 } 5029 5030 5031 5032 /* 5033 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 5034 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 5035 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 5036 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 5037 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 5038 ** 5039 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 5040 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 5041 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 5042 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 5043 ** 5044 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 5045 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 5046 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 5047 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 5048 ** is returned. 5049 ** 5050 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 5051 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 5052 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 5053 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 5054 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 5055 ** will not roll it back. 5056 ** 5057 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 5058 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 5059 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 5060 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 5061 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 5062 */ 5063 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 5064 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5065 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5066 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 5067 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 5068 5069 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 5070 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5071 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5072 5073 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5074 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5075 )); 5076 5077 *pExists = 0; 5078 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5079 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5080 } 5081 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5082 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5083 5084 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5085 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5086 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5087 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5088 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5089 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5090 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5091 */ 5092 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5093 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5094 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5095 5096 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5097 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5098 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5099 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5100 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5101 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5102 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5103 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5104 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5105 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5106 */ 5107 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5108 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5109 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5110 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5111 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5112 } 5113 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5114 }else{ 5115 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5116 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5117 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5118 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5119 ** it can be ignored. 5120 */ 5121 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5122 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5123 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5124 } 5125 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5126 u8 first = 0; 5127 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5128 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5129 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5130 } 5131 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5132 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5133 } 5134 *pExists = (first!=0); 5135 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5136 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5137 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5138 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5139 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5140 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5141 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5142 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5143 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5144 */ 5145 *pExists = 1; 5146 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5147 } 5148 } 5149 } 5150 } 5151 } 5152 5153 return rc; 5154 } 5155 5156 /* 5157 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5158 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5159 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5160 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5161 ** 5162 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5163 ** 5164 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5165 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5166 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5167 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5168 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5169 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5170 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5171 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5172 ** 5173 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5174 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5175 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5176 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5177 ** file. 5178 ** 5179 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5180 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5181 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5182 */ 5183 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5184 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5185 5186 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5187 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5188 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5189 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5190 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5191 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5192 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5193 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5194 5195 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5196 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5197 5198 assert( !MEMDB ); 5199 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5200 5201 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5202 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5203 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5204 goto failed; 5205 } 5206 5207 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5208 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5209 */ 5210 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5211 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5212 } 5213 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5214 goto failed; 5215 } 5216 if( bHotJournal ){ 5217 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5218 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5219 goto failed; 5220 } 5221 5222 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5223 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5224 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5225 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5226 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5227 ** hot-journal back. 5228 ** 5229 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5230 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5231 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5232 ** on the database file. 5233 ** 5234 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5235 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5236 */ 5237 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5238 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5239 goto failed; 5240 } 5241 5242 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5243 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5244 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5245 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5246 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5247 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5248 ** 5249 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5250 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5251 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5252 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5253 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5254 */ 5255 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5256 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5257 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5258 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5259 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5260 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5261 int fout = 0; 5262 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5263 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5264 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5265 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5266 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5267 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5268 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5269 } 5270 } 5271 } 5272 5273 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5274 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5275 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5276 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5277 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5278 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5279 ** the journal before playing it back. 5280 */ 5281 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5282 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5283 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5284 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5285 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5286 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5287 } 5288 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5289 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5290 } 5291 5292 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5293 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5294 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5295 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5296 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5297 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5298 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5299 ** 5300 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5301 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5302 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5303 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5304 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5305 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5306 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5307 ** references. 5308 */ 5309 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5310 goto failed; 5311 } 5312 5313 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5314 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5315 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5316 ); 5317 } 5318 5319 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5320 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5321 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5322 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5323 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5324 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5325 ** 5326 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5327 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5328 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5329 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5330 ** a codec is in use. 5331 ** 5332 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5333 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5334 ** it can be neglected. 5335 */ 5336 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5337 5338 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5339 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5340 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5341 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5342 goto failed; 5343 } 5344 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5345 } 5346 5347 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5348 pager_reset(pPager); 5349 5350 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5351 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5352 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5353 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5354 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5355 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5356 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5357 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5358 } 5359 } 5360 } 5361 5362 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5363 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5364 */ 5365 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5366 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5367 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5368 #endif 5369 } 5370 5371 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5372 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5373 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5374 } 5375 5376 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5377 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5378 } 5379 5380 failed: 5381 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5382 assert( !MEMDB ); 5383 pager_unlock(pPager); 5384 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5385 }else{ 5386 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5387 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5388 } 5389 return rc; 5390 } 5391 5392 /* 5393 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5394 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5395 ** 5396 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5397 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5398 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5399 */ 5400 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5401 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ 5402 assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ 5403 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5404 } 5405 } 5406 5407 /* 5408 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5409 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5410 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5411 ** 5412 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5413 ** on the current state of the pager. 5414 ** 5415 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5416 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5417 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5418 ** 5419 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5420 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5421 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5422 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5423 ** object with no outstanding references. 5424 ** 5425 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5426 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5427 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5428 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5429 ** 5430 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5431 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5432 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5433 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5434 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5435 ** 5436 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5437 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5438 ** 5439 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5440 ** 5441 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5442 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5443 ** from the savepoint journal. 5444 ** 5445 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5446 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5447 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5448 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5449 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5450 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5451 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5452 ** 5453 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5454 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5455 ** 5456 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5457 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5458 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5459 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5460 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5461 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5462 ** or journal files. 5463 */ 5464 static int getPageNormal( 5465 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5466 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5467 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5468 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5469 ){ 5470 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5471 PgHdr *pPg; 5472 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5473 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5474 5475 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5476 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5477 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5478 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5479 5480 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5481 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5482 if( pBase==0 ){ 5483 pPg = 0; 5484 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5485 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5486 if( pBase==0 ){ 5487 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5488 goto pager_acquire_err; 5489 } 5490 } 5491 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5492 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5493 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5494 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5495 5496 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5497 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5498 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5499 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5500 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5501 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5502 return SQLITE_OK; 5503 5504 }else{ 5505 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5506 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5507 ** 5508 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5509 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5510 */ 5511 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5512 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5513 goto pager_acquire_err; 5514 } 5515 5516 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5517 5518 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5519 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5520 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5521 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5522 goto pager_acquire_err; 5523 } 5524 if( noContent ){ 5525 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5526 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5527 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5528 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5529 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5530 */ 5531 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5532 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5533 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5534 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5535 } 5536 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5537 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5538 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5539 } 5540 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5541 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5542 }else{ 5543 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5544 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5545 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 5546 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5547 goto pager_acquire_err; 5548 } 5549 } 5550 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5551 } 5552 return SQLITE_OK; 5553 5554 pager_acquire_err: 5555 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5556 if( pPg ){ 5557 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5558 } 5559 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5560 *ppPage = 0; 5561 return rc; 5562 } 5563 5564 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5565 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5566 static int getPageMMap( 5567 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5568 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5569 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5570 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5571 ){ 5572 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5573 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5574 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5575 5576 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5577 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5578 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5579 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5580 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5581 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5582 ); 5583 5584 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5585 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5586 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5587 #endif 5588 5589 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5590 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5591 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5592 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5593 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5594 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5595 } 5596 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5597 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5598 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5599 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5600 5601 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5602 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5603 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5604 *ppPage = 0; 5605 return rc; 5606 } 5607 } 5608 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5609 void *pData = 0; 5610 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5611 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5612 ); 5613 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5614 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5615 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5616 } 5617 if( pPg==0 ){ 5618 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5619 }else{ 5620 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5621 } 5622 if( pPg ){ 5623 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5624 *ppPage = pPg; 5625 return SQLITE_OK; 5626 } 5627 } 5628 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5629 *ppPage = 0; 5630 return rc; 5631 } 5632 } 5633 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5634 } 5635 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5636 5637 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5638 static int getPageError( 5639 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5640 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5641 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5642 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5643 ){ 5644 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5645 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5646 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5647 *ppPage = 0; 5648 return pPager->errCode; 5649 } 5650 5651 5652 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5653 */ 5654 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5655 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5656 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5657 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5658 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5659 ){ 5660 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5661 } 5662 5663 /* 5664 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5665 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5666 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5667 ** 5668 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5669 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5670 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5671 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5672 ** has ever happened. 5673 */ 5674 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5675 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5676 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5677 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5678 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5679 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5680 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5681 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5682 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5683 } 5684 5685 /* 5686 ** Release a page reference. 5687 ** 5688 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be 5689 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. 5690 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first 5691 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. 5692 ** 5693 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine 5694 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of 5695 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. 5696 */ 5697 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5698 TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) 5699 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5700 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5701 assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5702 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5703 }else{ 5704 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5705 } 5706 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ 5707 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 5708 } 5709 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5710 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5711 } 5712 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ 5713 Pager *pPager; 5714 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5715 assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); 5716 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5717 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5718 sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); 5719 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5720 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5721 } 5722 5723 /* 5724 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5725 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5726 ** file when this routine is called. 5727 ** 5728 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5729 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5730 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5731 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5732 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5733 ** 5734 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5735 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5736 ** already open file. 5737 ** 5738 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5739 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5740 ** 5741 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5742 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5743 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5744 */ 5745 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5746 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5747 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5748 5749 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5750 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5751 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5752 5753 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5754 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5755 ** an error state. */ 5756 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5757 5758 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5759 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5760 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5761 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5762 } 5763 5764 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5765 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5766 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5767 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5768 }else{ 5769 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5770 int nSpill; 5771 5772 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5773 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5774 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5775 }else{ 5776 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5777 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5778 } 5779 5780 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5781 ** it was originally opened. */ 5782 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5783 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5784 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5785 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5786 ); 5787 } 5788 } 5789 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5790 } 5791 5792 5793 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5794 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5795 */ 5796 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5797 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5798 pPager->nRec = 0; 5799 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5800 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5801 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5802 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 5806 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5807 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5808 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5809 }else{ 5810 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5811 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5812 } 5813 5814 return rc; 5815 } 5816 5817 /* 5818 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5819 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5820 ** 5821 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5822 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5823 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5824 ** functions need be called. 5825 ** 5826 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5827 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5828 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5829 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5830 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5831 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5832 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5833 */ 5834 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5835 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5836 5837 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5838 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5839 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5840 5841 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5842 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5843 5844 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5845 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5846 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5847 */ 5848 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5849 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5850 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5851 return rc; 5852 } 5853 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5854 } 5855 5856 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5857 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5858 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5859 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5860 */ 5861 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5862 }else{ 5863 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5864 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5865 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5866 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5867 */ 5868 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5869 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5870 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5871 } 5872 } 5873 5874 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5875 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5876 ** 5877 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5878 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5879 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5880 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5881 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5882 ** WAL mode. 5883 */ 5884 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5885 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5886 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5887 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5888 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5889 } 5890 5891 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5892 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5893 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5894 } 5895 5896 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5897 return rc; 5898 } 5899 5900 /* 5901 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5902 */ 5903 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5904 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5905 int rc; 5906 u32 cksum; 5907 char *pData2; 5908 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5909 5910 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5911 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5912 ** that we do not. */ 5913 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5914 5915 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5916 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5917 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5918 5919 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5920 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5921 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5922 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5923 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5924 ** then corruption may follow. 5925 */ 5926 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5927 5928 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5929 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5930 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5931 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5932 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5933 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5934 5935 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5936 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5937 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5938 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5939 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5940 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5941 5942 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5943 pPager->nRec++; 5944 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5945 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5946 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5947 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5948 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5949 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5950 return rc; 5951 } 5952 5953 /* 5954 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5955 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5956 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5957 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5958 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5959 */ 5960 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5961 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5962 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5963 5964 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5965 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5966 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5967 */ 5968 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5969 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5970 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5971 ); 5972 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5973 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5974 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5975 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5976 5977 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5978 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5979 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5980 ** 5981 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5982 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5983 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5984 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5985 */ 5986 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5987 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5988 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5989 } 5990 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5991 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5992 5993 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5994 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5995 5996 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5997 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5998 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5999 */ 6000 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 6001 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 6002 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 6003 ){ 6004 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 6005 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6006 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 6007 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6008 return rc; 6009 } 6010 }else{ 6011 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 6012 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6013 } 6014 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 6015 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 6016 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 6021 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 6022 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 6023 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 6024 */ 6025 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6026 6027 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 6028 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 6029 */ 6030 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 6031 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6032 } 6033 6034 /* Update the database size and return. */ 6035 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 6036 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 6037 } 6038 return rc; 6039 } 6040 6041 /* 6042 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 6043 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 6044 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 6045 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 6046 ** a write. 6047 ** 6048 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 6049 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 6050 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 6051 */ 6052 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 6053 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6054 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 6055 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 6056 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 6057 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 6058 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 6059 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 6060 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 6061 6062 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 6063 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 6064 ** this function. 6065 */ 6066 assert( !MEMDB ); 6067 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 6068 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6069 6070 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 6071 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 6072 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 6073 */ 6074 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 6075 6076 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 6077 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 6078 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 6079 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 6080 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 6081 }else{ 6082 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6083 } 6084 assert(nPage>0); 6085 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6086 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6087 6088 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6089 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6090 PgHdr *pPage; 6091 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6092 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6093 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6094 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6095 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6096 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6097 needSync = 1; 6098 } 6099 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6100 } 6101 } 6102 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6103 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6104 needSync = 1; 6105 } 6106 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6107 } 6108 } 6109 6110 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6111 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6112 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6113 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6114 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6115 */ 6116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6117 assert( !MEMDB ); 6118 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6119 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6120 if( pPage ){ 6121 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6122 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6123 } 6124 } 6125 } 6126 6127 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6128 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6129 return rc; 6130 } 6131 6132 /* 6133 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6134 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6135 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6136 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6137 ** 6138 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6139 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6140 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6141 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6142 ** 6143 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6144 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6145 */ 6146 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6147 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6148 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6149 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6150 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6151 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6152 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6153 return SQLITE_OK; 6154 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6155 return pPager->errCode; 6156 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6157 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6158 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6159 }else{ 6160 return pager_write(pPg); 6161 } 6162 } 6163 6164 /* 6165 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6166 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6167 ** to change the content of the page. 6168 */ 6169 #ifndef NDEBUG 6170 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6171 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6172 } 6173 #endif 6174 6175 /* 6176 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6177 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6178 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6179 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6180 ** content no longer matters. 6181 ** 6182 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6183 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6184 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6185 ** 6186 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6187 ** DELETE operations. 6188 ** 6189 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6190 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6191 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6192 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6193 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6194 */ 6195 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6196 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6197 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6198 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6199 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6200 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6201 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6202 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6203 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6204 } 6205 } 6206 6207 /* 6208 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6209 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6210 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6211 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6212 ** 6213 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6214 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6215 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6216 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6217 ** 6218 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6219 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6220 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6221 ** transaction is committed. 6222 ** 6223 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6224 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6225 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6226 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6227 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6228 */ 6229 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6230 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6231 6232 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6233 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6234 ); 6235 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6236 6237 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6238 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6239 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6240 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6241 ** 6242 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6243 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6244 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6245 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6246 */ 6247 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6248 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6249 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6250 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6251 #else 6252 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6253 #endif 6254 6255 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6256 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6257 6258 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6259 6260 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6261 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6262 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6263 6264 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6265 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6266 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6267 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6268 */ 6269 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6270 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6271 } 6272 6273 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6274 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6275 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6276 6277 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6278 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6279 const void *zBuf; 6280 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6281 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6282 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6283 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6284 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6285 } 6286 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6287 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6288 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6289 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6290 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6291 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6292 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6293 } 6294 }else{ 6295 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6296 } 6297 } 6298 6299 /* Release the page reference. */ 6300 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6301 } 6302 return rc; 6303 } 6304 6305 /* 6306 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6307 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6308 ** 6309 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6310 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6311 */ 6312 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6313 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6314 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6315 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6316 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6317 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6318 assert( !MEMDB ); 6319 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6320 } 6321 return rc; 6322 } 6323 6324 /* 6325 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6326 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6327 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6328 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6329 ** 6330 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6331 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6332 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6333 ** returned. 6334 */ 6335 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6336 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6337 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6338 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6339 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6340 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6341 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6342 ); 6343 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6344 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6345 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6346 } 6347 } 6348 return rc; 6349 } 6350 6351 /* 6352 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6353 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6354 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6355 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6356 ** 6357 ** This routine ensures that: 6358 ** 6359 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6360 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6361 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6362 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6363 ** * the database file synced. 6364 ** 6365 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6366 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6367 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6368 ** 6369 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6370 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6371 ** 6372 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6373 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6374 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6375 ** journal file in this case. 6376 */ 6377 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6378 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6379 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6380 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6381 ){ 6382 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6383 6384 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6385 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6386 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6387 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6388 ); 6389 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6390 6391 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6392 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6393 6394 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6395 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6396 6397 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6398 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6399 6400 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6401 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6402 6403 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6404 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6405 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6406 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6407 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6408 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6409 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6410 }else{ 6411 PgHdr *pList; 6412 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6413 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6414 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6415 if( pList==0 ){ 6416 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6417 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6418 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6419 pList = pPageOne; 6420 pList->pDirty = 0; 6421 } 6422 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6423 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6424 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6425 } 6426 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6427 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6428 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6429 } 6430 }else{ 6431 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method 6432 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write 6433 ** is enabled. 6434 */ 6435 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6436 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 6437 int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ 6438 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 6439 && !pPager->noSync 6440 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); 6441 #else 6442 # define bBatch 0 6443 #endif 6444 6445 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6446 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6447 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6448 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6449 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6450 ** 6451 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6452 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6453 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6454 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6455 ** 6456 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6457 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6458 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6459 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6460 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6461 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6462 ** mode. 6463 ** 6464 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6465 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6466 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6467 ** created for this transaction. 6468 */ 6469 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6470 PgHdr *pPg; 6471 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6472 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6473 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6474 ); 6475 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6476 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6477 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6478 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6479 ){ 6480 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6481 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6482 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6483 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6484 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6485 */ 6486 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6487 }else{ 6488 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6489 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6490 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6491 } 6492 } 6493 } 6494 #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6495 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6496 if( zMaster ){ 6497 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6498 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6499 assert( bBatch==0 ); 6500 } 6501 #endif 6502 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6503 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6504 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6505 6506 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6507 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6508 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6509 */ 6510 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6511 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6512 6513 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6514 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6515 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6516 ** 6517 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6518 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6519 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6520 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6521 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6522 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6523 */ 6524 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6525 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6526 6527 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6528 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6529 if( bBatch ){ 6530 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6531 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6532 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6533 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6534 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6535 } 6536 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6537 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6538 } 6539 } 6540 6541 if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ 6542 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6543 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6544 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6545 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6546 } 6547 bBatch = 0; 6548 }else{ 6549 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6550 } 6551 } 6552 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6553 6554 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6555 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6556 } 6557 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6558 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6559 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6560 } 6561 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6562 6563 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6564 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6565 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6566 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6567 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6568 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6569 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6570 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6571 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6572 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6573 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6574 } 6575 6576 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6577 if( !noSync ){ 6578 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6579 } 6580 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6581 } 6582 } 6583 6584 commit_phase_one_exit: 6585 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6586 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6587 } 6588 return rc; 6589 } 6590 6591 6592 /* 6593 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6594 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6595 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6596 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6597 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6598 ** 6599 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6600 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6601 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6602 ** irrevocably committed. 6603 ** 6604 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6605 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6606 */ 6607 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6608 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6609 6610 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6611 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6612 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6613 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6614 6615 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6616 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6617 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6618 ); 6619 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6620 6621 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6622 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6623 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6624 ** 6625 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6626 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6627 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6628 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6629 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6630 ** to drop any locks either. 6631 */ 6632 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6633 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6634 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6635 ){ 6636 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6637 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6638 return SQLITE_OK; 6639 } 6640 6641 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6642 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6643 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6644 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6645 } 6646 6647 /* 6648 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6649 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6650 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6651 ** state if an error occurs. 6652 ** 6653 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6654 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6655 ** 6656 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6657 ** 6658 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6659 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6660 ** was opened, and 6661 ** 6662 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6663 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6664 ** 6665 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6666 ** rollback is successful. 6667 ** 6668 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6669 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6670 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6671 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6672 */ 6673 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6674 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6675 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6676 6677 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6678 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6679 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6680 */ 6681 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6682 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6683 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6684 6685 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6686 int rc2; 6687 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6688 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6689 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6690 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6691 int eState = pPager->eState; 6692 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6693 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6694 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6695 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6696 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6697 */ 6698 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6699 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6700 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6701 return rc; 6702 } 6703 }else{ 6704 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6705 } 6706 6707 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6708 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6709 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6710 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6711 ); 6712 6713 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6714 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6715 */ 6716 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6717 } 6718 6719 /* 6720 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6721 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6722 */ 6723 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6724 return pPager->readOnly; 6725 } 6726 6727 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6728 /* 6729 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6730 */ 6731 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6732 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6733 } 6734 #endif 6735 6736 /* 6737 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6738 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6739 */ 6740 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6741 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6742 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6743 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6744 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6745 + pPager->pageSize; 6746 } 6747 6748 /* 6749 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6750 */ 6751 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6752 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6753 } 6754 6755 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6756 /* 6757 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6758 */ 6759 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6760 static int a[11]; 6761 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6762 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6763 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6764 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6765 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6766 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6767 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6768 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6769 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6770 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6771 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6772 return a; 6773 } 6774 #endif 6775 6776 /* 6777 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE, 6778 ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation 6779 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because 6780 ** it was added later. 6781 ** 6782 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6783 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6784 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6785 ** returning. 6786 */ 6787 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6788 6789 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6790 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6791 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6792 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 6793 ); 6794 6795 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6796 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6797 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 6798 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 ); 6799 6800 eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT; 6801 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat]; 6802 if( reset ){ 6803 pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0; 6804 } 6805 } 6806 6807 /* 6808 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6809 */ 6810 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6811 return pPager->tempFile; 6812 } 6813 6814 /* 6815 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6816 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6817 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6818 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6819 ** 6820 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6821 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6822 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6823 */ 6824 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6825 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6826 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6827 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6828 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6829 6830 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6831 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6832 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6833 6834 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6835 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6836 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6837 */ 6838 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6839 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6840 ); 6841 if( !aNew ){ 6842 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6843 } 6844 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6845 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6846 6847 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6848 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6849 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6850 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6851 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6852 }else{ 6853 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6854 } 6855 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6856 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6857 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6858 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6859 } 6860 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6861 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6862 } 6863 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6864 } 6865 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6866 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6867 return rc; 6868 } 6869 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6870 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6871 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6872 6873 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6874 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6875 }else{ 6876 return SQLITE_OK; 6877 } 6878 } 6879 6880 6881 /* 6882 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6883 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6884 ** created savepoint. 6885 ** 6886 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6887 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6888 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6889 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6890 ** 6891 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6892 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6893 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6894 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6895 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6896 ** 6897 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6898 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6899 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6900 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6901 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6902 ** 6903 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6904 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6905 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6906 ** 6907 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6908 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6909 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6910 */ 6911 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6912 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6913 6914 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6915 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6916 #endif 6917 6918 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6919 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6920 6921 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6922 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6923 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6924 6925 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6926 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6927 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6928 */ 6929 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6930 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6931 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6932 } 6933 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6934 6935 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6936 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6937 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6938 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6939 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6940 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6941 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6942 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6943 } 6944 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6945 } 6946 } 6947 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6948 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6949 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6950 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6951 */ 6952 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6953 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6954 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6955 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6956 } 6957 6958 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6959 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6960 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6961 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6962 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6963 else if( 6964 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6965 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6966 ){ 6967 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6968 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6969 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6970 } 6971 #endif 6972 } 6973 6974 return rc; 6975 } 6976 6977 /* 6978 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6979 ** 6980 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6981 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6982 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6983 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6984 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6985 ** participate in shared-cache. 6986 */ 6987 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6988 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6989 } 6990 6991 /* 6992 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6993 */ 6994 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6995 return pPager->pVfs; 6996 } 6997 6998 /* 6999 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 7000 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 7001 ** not yet been opened. 7002 */ 7003 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 7004 return pPager->fd; 7005 } 7006 7007 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT 7008 /* 7009 ** Reset the lock timeout for pager. 7010 */ 7011 void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){ 7012 int x = 0; 7013 sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x); 7014 } 7015 #endif 7016 7017 /* 7018 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 7019 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 7020 */ 7021 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 7022 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7023 return pPager->jfd; 7024 #else 7025 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 7026 #endif 7027 } 7028 7029 /* 7030 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 7031 */ 7032 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 7033 return pPager->zJournal; 7034 } 7035 7036 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 7037 /* 7038 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 7039 */ 7040 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 7041 Pager *pPager, 7042 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 7043 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 7044 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 7045 void *pCodec 7046 ){ 7047 if( pPager->xCodecFree ){ 7048 pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 7049 }else{ 7050 pager_reset(pPager); 7051 } 7052 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 7053 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 7054 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 7055 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 7056 setGetterMethod(pPager); 7057 pagerReportSize(pPager); 7058 } 7059 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 7060 return pPager->pCodec; 7061 } 7062 7063 /* 7064 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 7065 ** into the log file. 7066 ** 7067 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 7068 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 7069 */ 7070 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 7071 void *aData = 0; 7072 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 7073 return aData; 7074 } 7075 7076 /* 7077 ** Return the current pager state 7078 */ 7079 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 7080 return pPager->eState; 7081 } 7082 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 7083 7084 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7085 /* 7086 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 7087 ** 7088 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 7089 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 7090 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 7091 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 7092 ** 7093 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 7094 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 7095 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 7096 ** 7097 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 7098 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 7099 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 7100 ** transaction is active). 7101 ** 7102 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 7103 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 7104 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 7105 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 7106 ** 7107 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 7108 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 7109 */ 7110 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 7111 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 7112 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 7113 int rc; /* Return code */ 7114 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 7115 7116 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 7117 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 7118 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 7119 ); 7120 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7121 7122 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 7123 ** the page we are moving from. 7124 */ 7125 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 7126 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7127 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 7128 if( rc ) return rc; 7129 } 7130 7131 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 7132 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 7133 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 7134 ** 7135 ** BEGIN; 7136 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 7137 ** SAVEPOINT one; 7138 ** <Move page X to location Y> 7139 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 7140 ** 7141 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 7142 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 7143 ** statement were is processed. 7144 ** 7145 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 7146 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 7147 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 7148 */ 7149 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 7150 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 7151 ){ 7152 return rc; 7153 } 7154 7155 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7156 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7157 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7158 7159 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7160 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7161 ** 7162 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7163 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7164 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7165 */ 7166 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7167 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7168 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7169 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7170 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7171 } 7172 7173 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7174 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7175 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7176 ** for the page moved there. 7177 */ 7178 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7179 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7180 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); 7181 if( pPgOld ){ 7182 if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){ 7183 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7184 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 7185 } 7186 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7187 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7188 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7189 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7190 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7191 }else{ 7192 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7193 } 7194 } 7195 7196 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7197 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7198 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7199 7200 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7201 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7202 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7203 */ 7204 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7205 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7206 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7207 } 7208 7209 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7210 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7211 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7212 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7213 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7214 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7215 ** flag. 7216 ** 7217 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7218 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7219 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7220 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7221 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7222 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7223 */ 7224 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7225 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7226 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7227 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7228 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7229 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7230 } 7231 return rc; 7232 } 7233 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7234 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7235 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7236 } 7237 7238 return SQLITE_OK; 7239 } 7240 #endif 7241 7242 /* 7243 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7244 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7245 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7246 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7247 */ 7248 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7249 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7250 pPg->flags = flags; 7251 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7252 } 7253 7254 /* 7255 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7256 */ 7257 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7258 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7259 return pPg->pData; 7260 } 7261 7262 /* 7263 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7264 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7265 */ 7266 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7267 return pPg->pExtra; 7268 } 7269 7270 /* 7271 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7272 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7273 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7274 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7275 ** 7276 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7277 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7278 ** locking-mode. 7279 */ 7280 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7281 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7282 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7283 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7284 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7285 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7286 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7287 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7288 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7289 } 7290 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7291 } 7292 7293 /* 7294 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7295 ** 7296 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7297 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7298 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7299 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7300 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7301 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7302 ** 7303 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7304 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7305 ** 7306 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7307 ** or _MEMORY. 7308 ** 7309 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7310 ** 7311 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7312 */ 7313 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7314 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7315 7316 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7317 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7318 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7319 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7320 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7321 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7322 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7323 7324 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7325 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7326 ** to WAL mode. 7327 */ 7328 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7329 7330 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7331 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7332 */ 7333 if( MEMDB ){ 7334 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7335 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7336 eMode = eOld; 7337 } 7338 } 7339 7340 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7341 7342 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7343 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7344 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7345 7346 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7347 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7348 ** delete the journal file. 7349 */ 7350 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7351 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7352 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7353 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7354 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7355 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7356 7357 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7358 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7359 7360 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7361 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7362 ** here is an optimization only. 7363 ** 7364 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7365 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7366 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7367 */ 7368 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7369 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7370 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7371 }else{ 7372 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7373 int state = pPager->eState; 7374 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7375 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7376 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7377 } 7378 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7379 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7380 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7381 } 7382 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7383 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7384 } 7385 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7386 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7387 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7388 pager_unlock(pPager); 7389 } 7390 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7391 } 7392 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7393 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7394 } 7395 } 7396 7397 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7398 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7399 } 7400 7401 /* 7402 ** Return the current journal mode. 7403 */ 7404 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7405 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7406 } 7407 7408 /* 7409 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7410 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7411 ** is unmodified. 7412 */ 7413 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7414 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7415 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7416 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7417 return 1; 7418 } 7419 7420 /* 7421 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7422 ** 7423 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7424 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7425 */ 7426 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7427 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7428 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7429 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7430 } 7431 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7432 } 7433 7434 /* 7435 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7436 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7437 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7438 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7439 */ 7440 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7441 return &pPager->pBackup; 7442 } 7443 7444 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7445 /* 7446 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7447 */ 7448 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7449 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7450 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7451 } 7452 #endif 7453 7454 7455 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7456 /* 7457 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7458 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7459 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7460 ** 7461 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7462 */ 7463 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7464 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7465 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7466 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7467 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7468 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7469 ){ 7470 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7471 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7472 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7473 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7474 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7475 pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7476 pnLog, pnCkpt 7477 ); 7478 sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); 7479 } 7480 return rc; 7481 } 7482 7483 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7484 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7485 } 7486 7487 /* 7488 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7489 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7490 */ 7491 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7492 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7493 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7494 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7495 } 7496 7497 /* 7498 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7499 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7500 */ 7501 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7502 int rc; /* Return code */ 7503 7504 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7505 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7506 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7507 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7508 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7509 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7510 } 7511 7512 return rc; 7513 } 7514 7515 /* 7516 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7517 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7518 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7519 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7520 */ 7521 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7522 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7523 7524 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7525 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7526 7527 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7528 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7529 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7530 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7531 */ 7532 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7533 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7534 } 7535 7536 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7537 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7538 */ 7539 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7540 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7541 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7542 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7543 ); 7544 } 7545 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7546 7547 return rc; 7548 } 7549 7550 7551 /* 7552 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7553 ** this function. 7554 ** 7555 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7556 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7557 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7558 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7559 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7560 ** not modified in either case. 7561 ** 7562 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7563 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7564 ** without doing anything. 7565 */ 7566 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7567 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7568 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7569 ){ 7570 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7571 7572 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7573 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7574 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7575 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7576 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7577 7578 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7579 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7580 7581 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7582 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7583 7584 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7585 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7586 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7587 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7588 } 7589 }else{ 7590 *pbOpen = 1; 7591 } 7592 7593 return rc; 7594 } 7595 7596 /* 7597 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7598 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7599 ** 7600 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7601 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7602 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7603 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7604 */ 7605 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7606 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7607 7608 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7609 7610 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7611 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7612 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7613 */ 7614 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7615 int logexists = 0; 7616 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7617 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7618 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7619 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7620 ); 7621 } 7622 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7623 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7624 } 7625 } 7626 7627 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7628 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7629 */ 7630 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7631 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7632 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7633 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, 7634 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7635 pPager->pWal = 0; 7636 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7637 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7638 } 7639 } 7640 return rc; 7641 } 7642 7643 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7644 /* 7645 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7646 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7647 */ 7648 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7649 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7650 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7651 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7652 } 7653 return rc; 7654 } 7655 7656 /* 7657 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7658 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7659 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7660 */ 7661 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7662 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7663 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7664 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7665 }else{ 7666 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7667 } 7668 return rc; 7669 } 7670 7671 /* 7672 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7673 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7674 */ 7675 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7676 int rc; 7677 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7678 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7679 }else{ 7680 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7681 } 7682 return rc; 7683 } 7684 7685 /* 7686 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. 7687 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, 7688 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then 7689 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still 7690 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. 7691 ** 7692 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if 7693 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error 7694 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER 7695 ** lock is released before returning. 7696 */ 7697 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7698 int rc; 7699 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7700 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7701 }else{ 7702 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7703 } 7704 return rc; 7705 } 7706 7707 /* 7708 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to 7709 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(). 7710 */ 7711 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){ 7712 assert( pPager->pWal ); 7713 sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal); 7714 } 7715 7716 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7717 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7718 7719 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7720 /* 7721 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7722 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7723 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7724 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7725 ** is empty, return 0. 7726 */ 7727 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7728 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7729 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7730 } 7731 #endif 7732 7733 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7734